Sony CDX-G1150U Media receiver with USB Operating Instructions

4-542-302-43(1)
FM/MW/SW
Compact Disc
Player
For the connection/installation, see page 14.
To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 8.
CDX-G1152U/CDX-G1151U/CDX-G1150U
Operating Instructions
GB
For safety, be sure to install this unit in the
dashboard of the car as the rear side of the unit
becomes hot during use.
For details, see “Connection/Installation”
(page 14).
This product is classified as a Class 1 Laser product
under IEC 60825-1:2007.
This label is located on bottom surface of the
product.
Laser Diode Properties
 Emission Duration: Continuous
 Laser Output: Less than 53.3 μW
(This output is the value measurement at a distance
of 200 mm from the objective lens surface on the
Optical Pick-up Block with 7 mm aperture.)
The nameplate indicating operating voltage, etc., is
located on the bottom of the chassis.
Note on the lithium battery
Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as
direct sunlight, fire or the like.
Warning if your car’s ignition has no ACC
position
Be sure to set the AUTO OFF function (page 9).
The unit will shut off completely and
automatically in the set time after the unit is
turned off, which prevents battery drain. If you
do not set the AUTO OFF function, press and hold
OFF until the display disappears each time you
turn the ignition off.
Disclaimer regarding services offered by
third parties
Services offered by third parties may be changed,
suspended, or terminated without prior notice.
Sony does not bear any responsibility in these sorts
of situations.
2GB
Table of Contents
Guide to Parts and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Other Portable Audio Device . . . . . . .
5
5
6
6
Listening to the Radio
Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Using Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Playback
Playing a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Playing a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Searching and Playing Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Settings
Canceling the DEMO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Setting Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Setup (GENERAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sound Setup (SOUND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Setup (DISPLAY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
8
8
9
9
Additional Information
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Connection/Installation
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Parts List for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3GB
Guide to Parts and Controls
Main unit
 Front panel release button

 SRC (source)
Turn on the power.
Change the source.
 Receptor for the remote commander
OFF
Press and hold for 1 second to turn the source
off and display the clock.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds to turn
off the power and the display.
If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, operation by the remote
commander is not available.
 Control dial
Rotate to adjust the volume.
PUSH ENTER
Enter the selected item.
MENU
Open the setup menu.
 Disc slot
 Display window
 SEEK +/–
Tune in radio stations automatically. Press and
hold to tune manually.
/ (prev/next)
/ (fast-reverse/fast-forward)
  (disc eject)

4GB
(browse) (page 8)
Enter the browse mode during playback.
(back)
Return to the previous display.
MODE (page 6)
 PTY (program type)
Select PTY in RDS.
 Number buttons (1 to 6)
Receive stored radio stations. Press and hold to
store stations.
ALBUM /
Skip an album for audio device. Press and hold
to skip albums continuously.
(repeat)
SHUF (shuffle)
PAUSE
 MEGA BASS
Press to turn on/off the MEGA BASS function.
 DSPL (display)
Press to change display items.
SCRL
Press and hold to scroll a display item.
 AUX input jack
 USB port
RM-X211 Remote commander
Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel
You can detach the front panel of this unit to
prevent theft.
1
Press and hold OFF  until the unit turns
off, press the front panel release button
, then pull the panel towards you to
remove.
Caution alarm
The VOL (volume) + button has a tactile dot.
 ATT (attenuate)
Attenuate the sound. Press again to cancel the
attenuation.
If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF position
without detaching the front panel, the caution
alarm will sound for a few seconds. The alarm will
only sound if the built-in amplifier is used.
Attaching the front panel
 SOUND
Open the SOUND menu directly.
MENU
Press and hold to open the setup menu.
 ///
Select a setup item, etc.
ENTER
Enter the selected item.
/ (prev/next)
+/– (album +/–)
 VOL (Volume) +/–
Remove the insulation film before use.
Setting the Clock
1
Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [GENERAL], then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial to select [CLOCKADJ], then press it.
The hour indication flashes.
3
Rotate the control dial to set the hour
and minute.
To move the digital indication, press SEEK +/–.
4
After setting the minute, press MENU.
The setup is complete and the clock starts.
To display the clock
Press DSPL.
5GB
Connecting a USB Device
1
2
Listening to the Radio
Turn down the volume on the unit.
Connect the USB device to the unit.
Listening to the Radio
To listen to the radio, press SRC to select [TUNER].
Storing automatically (BTM)
Connecting Other Portable
Audio Device
1
2
3
1
Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
2
Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [GENERAL], then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select [BTM],
then press it.
The unit stores stations in order of frequency on
the number buttons.
Turn off the portable audio device.
Turn down the volume on the unit.
Connect the portable audio device to the
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack) on the
unit with a connecting cord (not
supplied)*.
Tuning
1
Press MODE to change the band (FM1,
FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
2
Perform tuning.
To tune manually
Press and hold SEEK +/– to locate the
approximate frequency, then press SEEK +/–
repeatedly to fine adjust to the desired
frequency.
To tune automatically
Press SEEK +/–.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a station.
* Be sure to use a straight type plug.
Storing manually
4
Press SRC to select [AUX].
1
To match the volume level of the connected
device to other sources
Start playback of the portable audio device at a
moderate volume, and set your usual listening
volume on the unit.
Press MENU, then select [SOUND]  [AUX VOL]
(page 9).
6GB
While receiving the station that you want
to store, press and hold a number button
(1 to 6) until [MEM] appears.
Receiving the stored stations
1
Select the band, then press a number
button (1 to 6).
Using Radio Data System (RDS)
Selecting program types (PTY)
1
2
Press PTY during FM reception.
Playback
Playing a Disc
1
Insert the disc (label side up).
Rotate the control dial until the desired
program type appears, then press it.
The unit starts to search for a station
broadcasting the selected program type.
Type of programs
NEWS (News), AFFAIRS (Current Affairs), INFO
(Information), SPORT (Sports), EDUCATE
(Education), DRAMA (Drama), CULTURE (Culture),
SCIENCE (Science), VARIED (Varied), POP M (Pop
Music), ROCK M (Rock Music), EASY M (M.O.R.
Music), LIGHT M (Light classical), CLASSICS (Serious
classical), OTHER M (Other Music), WEATHER
(Weather), FINANCE (Finance), CHILDREN
(Children’s program), SOCIAL A (Social Affairs),
RELIGION (Religion), PHONE IN (Phone In), TRAVEL
(Travel), LEISURE (Leisure), JAZZ (Jazz Music),
COUNTRY (Country Music), NATION M (National
Music), OLDIES (Oldies Music), FOLK M (Folk Music),
DOCUMENT (Documentary)
Setting clock time (CT)
The CT data from the RDS transmission sets the
clock.
1
Set [CT-ON] in [GENERAL] (page 9).
Playback starts automatically.
Playing a USB Device
MSC (Mass Storage Class) and MTP (Media Transfer
Protocol) type USB devices (such as a USB flash
drive, digital media player, Android™ phone)
compliant with the USB standard can be used.
Depending on the digital media player or Android
phone, setting the USB connection mode to MTP is
required.
Notes
 For details on the compatibility of your USB device,
visit the support site (page 18).
 Playback of the following MP3/WMA files is not
supported.
 lossless compression files
 copyright-protected files
 DRM (Digital Rights Management) files
 Multi-channel audio files
1
Connect a USB device to the USB port
(page 6).
Playback starts.
If a device is already connected, to start
playback, press SRC to select [USB].
2
Adjust the volume on this unit.
To stop playback
Press and hold OFF for 1 second.
To remove the device
Stop playback, then remove the device.
7GB
Searching and Playing Tracks
Repeat play and shuffle play
1
You can cancel the demonstration display which
appears when the source is off and the clock is
displayed.
Playback in the selected play mode may take
time to start.
1
Press MENU, rotate the control dial to
select [DISPLAY], then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial to select [DEMO],
then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select [DEMOOFF], then press it.
Searching a track by name (QuickBrowZer™)
During CD or USB playback, press
(browse)* to display the list of search
categories.
When the track list appears, press
(back)
repeatedly to display the desired search
category.
* During USB playback, press
(browse) for more
than 2 seconds to directly return to the beginning
of the category list.
2
3
Canceling the DEMO Mode
During playback, press
(repeat) or
SHUF repeatedly to select the desired
play mode.
Available play modes differ depending on the
selected sound source.
1
Settings
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired search category, then press it to
confirm.
Repeat step 2 to search the desired track.
The setting is complete.
4
Press
(browse).
Searching by skipping items
(Jump mode)
1
2
3
Press
Basic Setting Operation
You can set items in the following setup categories:
General setup (GENERAL), Sound setup (SOUND),
Display setup (DISPLAY)
1
2
Press MENU.
Rotate the control dial to select the setup
category, then press it.
The items that can be set differ depending on
the source and settings.
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
options, then press it.
To return to the previous display
Press
(back).
(browse).
Press SEEK +.
General Setup (GENERAL)
Rotate the control dial to select the item.
CLOCK-ADJ (clock adjust) (page 5)
The list is jumped in steps of 10% of the total
number of items.
4
(back) twice.
The display returns to normal reception/play
mode.
Playback starts.
To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode
Press
Press ENTER to return to the QuickBrowZer mode.
CAUT ALM (caution alarm)
Activates the caution alarm: [ON], [OFF] (page 5).
(Available only while the source is off and the
clock is displayed.)
The selected item appears.
5
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired item, then press it.
Playback starts.
8GB
BEEP
Activates the beep sound: [ON], [OFF].
AUTO OFF
Shuts off automatically after a desired time
when the unit is turned off: [NO], [30S] (30
seconds), [30M] (30 minutes), [60M] (60
minutes).
Display Setup (DISPLAY)
AUX-A (AUX audio)
Activates the AUX source display: [ON], [OFF].
(Available only while the source is off and the
clock is displayed.)
BLK OUT (black out)
Turns off the illumination automatically for any
source (e.g., during radio reception/CD
playback, etc.) if no operation is performed for 5
seconds: [ON], [OFF].
To turn the light back on, press any button on
the unit or the remote commander.
CT (clock time)
Activates the CT function: [ON], [OFF].
BTM (page 6)
DEMO (demonstration)
Activates the demonstration: [ON], [OFF].
DIMMER
Changes the display brightness: [ON], [OFF].
Sound Setup (SOUND)
SND SYNC (sound synchronization)
Selects the color with sound synchronization:
[ON], [OFF].
MEGABASS (mega bass)
Reinforces bass sound in synchronization with
the volume level: [ON], [OFF].
AUTO SCR (auto scroll)
Scrolls long items automatically: [ON], [OFF].
EQ5 PRESET
Selects an equalizer curve from 10 equalizer
curves or off:
[OFF], [R AND B], [ROCK], [POP], [DANCE], [HIPHOP], [ELECTRONICA], [JAZZ], [AFRO POP],
[BONGO], [CUSTOM].
The equalizer curve setting can be memorized
for each source.
M.DISPLAY (motion display)
Shows moving patterns: [ON], [OFF].
EQ5 SETTING
Sets [CUSTOM] of EQ5.
BASE
Selects a preset equalizer curve as a basis for
further customizing: [BAND1] (low frequency),
[BAND2] (mid-low frequency), [BAND3] (mid
frequency), [BAND4] (mid-high frequency),
[BAND5] (high frequency).
The volume level is adjustable in 1 dB steps,
from -10 dB to +10 dB.
BALANCE
Adjusts the sound balance: [RIGHT-15] –
[CENTER] – [LEFT-15].
FADER
Adjusts the relative level: [FRONT-15] – [CENTER]
– [REAR-15].
SW LEVEL (subwoofer level)
Adjusts the subwoofer volume level:
[+2 dB] – [0 dB] – [-2 dB].
AUX VOL (AUX volume level)
Adjusts the volume level for each connected
auxiliary device: [+18 dB] – [0 dB] – [-8 dB].
This setting negates the need to adjust the
volume level between sources.
9GB
Additional Information
Precautions
 Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has been
parked in direct sunlight.
 Do not leave the front panel or audio devices
brought in inside the car, or it may cause
malfunction due to high temperature in direct
sunlight.
 Power antenna (aerial) extends automatically.
 CD-R/CD-RW other than those recorded in
music CD format or MP3 format conforming to
ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2, Joliet/Romeo or multisession.
Playback order of MP3/WMA files
MP3/WMA
Folder (album)
MP3/WMA file (track)
Moisture condensation
Should moisture condensation occur inside the
unit, remove the disc and wait for about an hour for
it to dry out; otherwise the unit will not operate
properly.
To maintain high sound quality
Do not splash liquid onto the unit or discs.
Notes on discs
 Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat
sources such as hot air ducts, nor leave it in a car
parked in direct sunlight.
 Before playing, wipe the discs
with a cleaning cloth from the
center out. Do not use
solvents such as benzine,
thinner, commercially
available cleaners.
 This unit is designed to play
back discs that conform to the
Compact Disc (CD) standard.
DualDiscs and some of the music discs encoded
with copyright protection technologies do not
conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard,
therefore, these discs may not be playable by this
unit.
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play
 Discs with labels, stickers, or sticky tape or
paper attached. Doing so may cause a
malfunction, or may ruin the disc.
 Discs with non-standard shapes (e.g., heart,
square, star). Attempting to do so may damage
the unit.
 8 cm (3 1/4 in) discs.
Notes on CD-R/CD-RW discs
 If the multi-session disc begins with a CD-DA
session, it is recognized as a CD-DA disc, and
other sessions are not played back.
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play
 CD-R/CD-RW of poor recording quality.
 CD-R/CD-RW recorded with an incompatible
recording device.
 CD-R/CD-RW which is finalized incorrectly.
10GB
If you have any questions or problems concerning
your unit that are not covered in this manual,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
Maintenance
Replacing the lithium battery of the remote
commander
Under normal conditions, the battery will last
approximately 1 year. (The service life may be
shorter, depending on the conditions of use.)
When the battery becomes weak, the range of the
remote commander becomes shorter.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
replaced. Replaced only with the same or
equivalent type.
+ side up
Notes on the lithium battery
 Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of children.
Should the battery be swallowed, immediately
consult a doctor.
 Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to ensure a good
contact.
 Be sure to observe the correct polarity when installing
the battery.
 Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers,
otherwise a short-circuit may occur.
WARNING
Battery may explode if mistreated. Do not
recharge, disassemble, or dispose of in fire.
Cleaning the connectors
The unit may not function properly if the
connectors between the unit and the front panel
are not clean. In order to prevent this, detach the
front panel (page 5) and clean the connectors with
a cotton swab. Do not apply too much force.
Otherwise, the connectors may be damaged.
CD Player section
Signal-to-noise ratio: 95 dB
Frequency response: 10 – 20,000 Hz
Wow and flutter: Below measurable limit
The maximum number of: (CD-R/CD-RW only)
 folders (albums): 150 (including root folder)
 files (tracks) and folders: 300 (may less than 300
if folder/file names contain many characters)
 displayable characters for a folder/file name: 32
(Joliet)/64 (Romeo)
Corresponding codec: MP3 (.mp3) and WMA (.wma)
USB Player section
Notes
 For safety, turn off the ignition before cleaning the
connectors, and remove the key from the ignition
switch.
 Never touch the connectors directly with your fingers
or with any metal device.
Specifications
Tuner section
FM
Tuning range: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
FM CCIR: -1,956.5 to -487.3 kHz and
+500.0 to +2,095.4 kHz
Usable sensitivity: 7 dBf
Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio: 73 dB
Separation: 50 dB at 1 kHz
Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz
MW
Tuning range: 531 – 1,602 kHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Sensitivity: 26 μV
SW
Tuning range:
SW1: 2,940 – 7,735 kHz
SW2: 9,500 – 18,135 kHz
(except for 10,140 – 11,575 kHz)
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
-2,463.8 to -1,710.1 kHz and
+1,710.0 to +2,418.4 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV
Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 500 mA
The maximum number of recognizable tracks:
 folders (albums): 256
 files (tracks) per folder: 256
Corresponding codec:
MP3 (.mp3) and WMA (.wma)
Power amplifier section
Output: Speaker outputs
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 55 W × 4 (at 4 ohms)
General
Outputs:
Audio outputs terminal (rear, sub)
Power antenna (aerial)/Power amplifier control
terminal (REM OUT)
Inputs:
Remote controller input terminal
Antenna (aerial) input terminal
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack)
USB port
Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery (negative
ground (earth))
Dimensions:
Approx. 178 mm × 50 mm × 177 mm
(7 1/8 in × 2 in × 7 in) (w/h/d)
Mounting dimensions:
Approx. 182 mm × 53 mm × 160 mm
(7 1/4 in × 2 1/8 in × 6 5/ 16 in) (w/h/d)
Mass: Approx. 1.2 kg (2 lb 11 oz)
Package contents:
Main unit (1)
Remote commander (1): RM-X211
Parts for installation and connections (1 set)
Your dealer may not handle some of the above
listed accessories. Please ask the dealer for detailed
information.
Design and specifications are subject to change
without notice.
11GB
Copyrights
Windows Media is either a registered trademark or
trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
This product is protected by certain intellectual
property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a license from
Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology and patents
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc.
Troubleshooting
The following checklist will help you remedy
problems you may encounter with your unit.
Before going through the checklist below, check
the connection and operating procedures.
For details on using the fuse and removing the unit
from the dashboard, see “Connection/Installation”
(page 14).
If the problem is not solved, visit the support site
(page 18).
General
No power is being supplied to the unit.
 If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with the
remote commander.
 Turn on the unit.
No sound.
 The position of the fader control [FADER] is not
set for a 2-speaker system.
No beep sound.
 An optional power amplifier is connected and
you are not using the built-in amplifier.
The contents of the memory have been erased.
 The power supply lead or battery has been
disconnected or not connected properly.
Stored stations and correct time are erased.
The fuse has blown.
Makes a noise when the position of the ignition
is switched.
 The leads are not matched correctly with the car’s
accessory power connector.
During playback or reception, the demonstration
mode starts.
 If no operation is performed for 5 minutes with
[DEMO-ON] set, the demonstration mode starts.
 Set [DEMO-OFF] (page 9).
The display disappears from/does not appear in
the display window.
 The dimmer is set to [DIM-ON] (page 9).
 The display disappears if you press and hold OFF.
 Press OFF on the unit until the display appears.
 The connectors are dirty (page 11).
The display disappears while the unit is
operating.
 The Black Out function is set to on (page 9).
The operation buttons do not function.
The disc will not eject.
 Press DSPL and
(back)/MODE for more than 2
seconds to reset the unit.
The contents stored in memory are erased.
For your safety, do not reset the unit while you
are driving.
Radio reception
Stations cannot be received.
The sound is hampered by noises.
 The connection is not correct.
 If your car has built-in radio antenna (aerial) in
the rear/side glass, connect an REM OUT lead
(blue/white striped) or accessory power supply
lead (red) to the power supply lead of a car’s
antenna (aerial) booster.
 Check the connection of the car antenna
(aerial).
 If the auto antenna (aerial) will not extend,
check the connection of the power antenna
(aerial) control lead.
Preset tuning is not possible.
 The broadcast signal is too weak.
RDS
PTY displays [- - - - - - - -].
 The current station is not an RDS station.
 RDS data has not been received.
 The station does not specify the program type.
CD playback
The disc does not play back.
 Defective or dirty disc.
 The CD-R/CD-RW is not for audio use (page 10).
MP3/WMA files cannot be played back.
 The disc is incompatible with the MP3/WMA
format and version. For details on playable discs
and formats, visit the support site (page 18).
12GB
MP3/WMA files take longer to play back than
others.
 The following discs take a longer time to start
playback.
 A disc recorded with a complicated tree
structure.
 A disc recorded in Multi Session.
 A disc to which data can be added.
READ: Now reading information.
 Wait until reading is complete and playback
starts automatically. This may take some time
depending on the disc structure.
The sound skips.
 Defective or dirty disc.
or
: The beginning or
the end of the disc has been reached.
USB device playback
You cannot play back items via a USB hub.
 This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a USB
hub.
A USB device takes longer to play back.
 The USB device contains files with a complicated
tree structure.
USB NO SUPRT: The USB device is not supported.
 For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site (page 18).
: The character cannot be displayed.
If these solutions do not help improve the situation,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.
If you take the unit to be repaired because of CD
playback trouble, bring the disc that was used at
the time the problem began.
The sound is intermittent.
 The sound may be intermittent at a high-bit-rate
of more than 320 kbps.
Audio file cannot be played back.
 USB device formatted with file systems other
than FAT16 or FAT32 are unsupported.*
* This unit supports FAT16 and FAT32, but some USB
device may not support all of these FAT. For details,
refer to the operating instruction of each USB device
or contact the manufacturer.
Error displays/Messages
ERROR: The disc or USB device cannot be played.
 Clean or insert the disc correctly, or make sure the
disc is not blank or defective.
 Connect the USB device again.
HUB NO SUPRT: USB hubs are not supported.
NO DEV: A USB device is not connected or
recognized.
 Make sure the USB device or USB cable is securely
connected.
NO MUSIC: There is no playable file.
 Insert a disc or connect a USB device containing
playable files (page 11).
OVERLOAD: The USB device is overloaded.
 Disconnect the USB device, then press SRC to
select another source.
 The USB device has a fault, or an unsupported
device is connected.
PUSH EJT: The disc could not be ejected properly.
 Press  (eject).
13GB
Connection/Installation
Parts List for Installation


Cautions
 Run all ground (earth) leads to a common
ground (earth) point.
 Do not get the leads trapped under a screw, or
caught in moving parts (e.g., seat railing).
 Before making connections, turn the car ignition
off to avoid short circuits.
 Connect the yellow and red power supply leads
only after all other leads have been connected.
 Be sure to insulate any loose unconnected leads
with electrical tape for safety.
×2




5 × max. 8 mm
(7/32 × max. 5/16 in)
Precautions
 Choose the installation location carefully so that
the unit will not interfere with normal driving
operations.
 Avoid installing the unit in areas subject to dust,
dirt, excessive vibration, or high temperature,
such as in direct sunlight or near heater ducts.
 Use only the supplied mounting hardware for a
safe and secure installation.
Note on the power supply lead (yellow)
When connecting this unit in combination with other
stereo components, the amperage rating of the car
circuit to which the unit is connected must be higher
than the sum of each component’s fuse amperage
rating.
Mounting angle adjustment
Adjust the mounting angle to less than 45°.
14GB
×4

 This parts list does not include all the package
contents.
 The bracket  and the protection collar  are
attached to the unit before shipping. Before
mounting the unit, use the release keys  to
remove the bracket  from the unit. For details,
see “Removing the protection collar and the
bracket” (page 16).
 Keep the release keys  for future use as they are
also necessary if you remove the unit from your
car.
Connection
Subwoofer*1
*3
*3
Power amplifier*1

White
White/black striped
Front speaker*1*2
Gray
Gray/black striped
Green
Green/black striped
Purple
Rear speaker*1*2
Purple/black striped
Black
Yellow
Red
For details, see “Making
connections” (page 16).
Blue/white striped (MAX 0.4A)
from a wired remote control
(not supplied)*4
from a car antenna (aerial)
*1
*2
*3
*4
Not supplied
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 Ω × 4
RCA pin cord (not supplied)
Depending on the type of car, use an adaptor for a
wired remote control (not supplied).
15GB
Making connections
Installation
 To a common ground (earth) point
First connect the black ground (earth) lead, then
connect the yellow and red power supply leads.
 To the +12 V power terminal which is
energized at all times
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth)
lead to a common ground (earth) point.
 To the +12 V power terminal which is
energized when the ignition switch is set to
the accessory position
If there is no accessory position, connect to the
+12 V power (battery) terminal which is
energized at all times.
Be sure to first connect the black ground (earth)
lead to a common ground (earth) point.
 To the power antenna (aerial) control lead or
the power supply lead of the antenna (aerial)
booster
It is not necessary to connect this lead if there is
no power antenna (aerial) or antenna (aerial)
booster, or with a manually-operated telescopic
antenna (aerial).
To AMP REMOTE IN of an optional power
amplifier
This connection is only for amplifiers and a
power antenna (aerial). Connecting any other
system may damage the unit.
Removing the protection collar and the
bracket
Before installing the unit, remove the protection
collar  and the bracket  from the unit.
1
Pinch both edges of the protection collar
, then pull it out.

2
Insert both release keys  until they
click, and pull down the bracket , then
pull up the unit to separate.

You can use a subwoofer without a power amplifier
when it is connected to a rear speaker cord.


Subwoofer Easy Connection
Face the hook inwards.
Front speaker
Mounting the unit in the dashboard
Subwoofer
Note
Use a subwoofer with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms,
and with adequate power handling capacities to avoid
damage.
Before installing, make sure the catches on both
sides of the bracket  are bent inwards 2 mm (3/32
in). When mounting in a Japanese car, see
“Mounting the unit in a Japanese car” (page 17).
1
Position the bracket  inside the
dashboard, then bend the claws outward
for a tight fit.
Memory hold connection
182 mm (7 1/4 in)
When the yellow power supply lead is connected,
power will always be supplied to the memory circuit
even when the ignition switch is turned off.
53 mm (2 1/8 in)
Speaker connection
 Before connecting the speakers, turn the unit off.
 Use speakers with an impedance of 4 to 8 ohms,
and with adequate power handling capacities to
avoid damage.
16GB

Catch
2
Mount the unit onto the bracket , then
attach the protection collar .
Note
To prevent malfunction, install only with the supplied
screws .
Detaching and attaching the front panel

For details, see “Detaching the Front Panel”
(page 5).

Fuse replacement

When replacing the fuse, be sure
Fuse (10 A)
to use one matching the
amperage rating stated on the
original fuse. If the fuse blows,
check the power connection and
replace the fuse. If the fuse blows
again after replacement, there
may be an internal malfunction. In such a case,
consult your nearest Sony dealer.

Notes
 If the catches are straight or bent outwards, the unit
will not be installed securely and may spring out.
 Make sure the 4 catches on the protection collar 
are properly engaged in the slots of the unit.
Mounting the unit in a Japanese car
You may not be able to install this unit in some
makes of Japanese cars. In such a case, consult your
Sony dealer.
TOYOTA

to dashboard/center console
Bracket
Bracket

Existing parts supplied with
your car
NISSAN

to dashboard/center console
Bracket
Bracket
Existing parts supplied with
your car

17GB
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
18GB
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
18PR
‫‪2‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ را روی ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮده و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ‪ ‬را ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن و وﺻﻞ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼع از ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(5‬‬
‫رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺻﺎف ﺑﻮده ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫در ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ و ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﺮون ﺑﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ‪ 4‬ﭼﻔﺖ روی ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﯿﺢ در‬
‫ﺷﯿﺎرﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻓﯿﻮز‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ ًام از ﻓﯿﻮزی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ آن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ ﻗﯿﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫روی ﻓﯿﻮز اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺮﯾﺪن ﻓﯿﻮز‪،‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮق را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﺮده و ﻓﯿﻮز را ﻋﻮض ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ دوﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻧﻘﺺ داﺧﻠﯽ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز )‪ 10‬آﻣﭙﺮ(‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﺧﻮدروﻫﺎی ژاﭘﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﯿﺪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬در اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬
‫‪NISSAN‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫در داﺷﺒﻮرد‪/‬ﮐﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺮﮐﺰی‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺧﻮدروی ﺷام‬
‫‪17PR‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮق زرد و‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺑﺮق ‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق روی‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﺑﺮق در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل )ﺑﺎﺗﺮی(‬
‫‪ +12‬وﻟﺘﯽ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺟﺮﯾﺎن در آن ﺑﺮﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘ ًام اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﱰک وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل آﻧنت ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت‬
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ آﻧﺘﯽ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮای‬
‫آﻧنت ﺗﻠﺴﮑﻮﭘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ راه اﻧﺪازی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻻزم ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺳﯿﻢ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬از‬
‫اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮﻫﺎ و آﻧنت ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻗﯽ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی دﯾﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را از واﺣﺪ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دو ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬را ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻫﺮ دو ﮐﻠﯿﺪ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ‪ ‬را ﻃﻮری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪای‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﮏ آن ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل آﺳﺎن ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ وﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪون‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻼب را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻤﯽ و‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد رﻧﮓ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﯿﺐ‪ ،‬از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی دارای اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪8‬‬
‫اﻫﻢ و ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در داﺷﺒﻮرد‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف داﺧﻞ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدرو‬
‫ژاﭘﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ در ﯾﮏ ﺧﻮدروی ژاﭘﻨﯽ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (17‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬را در داﺧﻞ داﺷﺒﻮرد ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﯿﺮه‬
‫ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺧﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﮑﻢ در ﺟﺎی‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫ﭼﻔﺖ‬
‫‪16PR‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫*‪3‬‬
‫*‪3‬‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق‬
‫‪‬‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
‫ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(16‬‬
‫رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه راه راه‬
‫ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫زرد‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ راه راه )‪(MAX 0.4A‬‬
‫از ﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور دارای ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫)ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه واﺣﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ(*‪4‬‬
‫از ﯾﮏ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدرو‬
‫*‪ 1‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫*‪ 2‬اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 4 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬اﻫﻢ‪ 4 ،‬ﻋﺪد‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﻦ ‪) RCA‬اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮدرو‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ آداﭘﺘﻮر ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ﺳﯿﻢ دار‬
‫)ﮐﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪15PR‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ زﯾﺮ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎ ﯾﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﮔﯿﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ‬
‫رﯾﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺪار ﮐﻮﺗﺎه‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق زرد و ﻗﺮﻣﺰ را ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺘ ًام ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺪون ﻋﺎﯾﻖ را ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﻆ اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص وﺳﺎﯾﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺤﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻋﺎدی راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﯽ ﭘﯿﺶ ﻧﯿﺎورد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬از ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎک‪ ،‬آﻟﻮدﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮزش‬
‫زﯾﺎد ﯾﺎ دﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ آﻓﺘﺎب ﯾﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺨﺎری‬
‫ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ اﻣﻦ و ﺑﯽ ﺧﻄﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ای درﺑﺎره ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق )زرد(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺳﱰﯾﻮ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺪار‬
‫ﺧﻮدروﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ آن وﺻﻞ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﮐﻞ درﺟﻪ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻓﯿﻮز ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫زاوﯾﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ را روی ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 45‬درﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪14PR‬‬
‫‪×2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ × 5‬ﺣﺪاﮐرث ‪ 8‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫‪×4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮاﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﺘﻪ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬و ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬از ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ ‬از واﺣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ "ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن‬
‫ﻗﺎب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه" رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(16‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺳﺎزی ‪ ‬را ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮا در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از ﺧﻮدرو ﻧﯿﺰ ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﯿﺎز دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﺳﺎﯾﺮﯾﻦ ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ زﯾﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮی ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻫﻤﺮاه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ آن داده اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﭘﺮش دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺮاب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :READ‬اﮐﻨﻮن ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺪری ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺑﻪ اول ﯾﺎ آﺧﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ رﺳﯿﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﻮﯾﺴﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ راه ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ دﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ در زﻣﺎن اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﺸﮑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺪا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 320‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ از ‪ FAT16‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ FAT32‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪*.‬‬
‫*‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ‪ FAT16‬و‪ FAT32‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻫﻤﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ‪ FAT‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدی ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ USB‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آن متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪ :ERROR‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ؛ ﯾﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮاب ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دوﺑﺎره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬ﻫﺎب ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :NO DEV‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ ﯾﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :NO MUSIC‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺸﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ را در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SRC‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﯾﮕﺮی‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ دارد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :PUSH EJT‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺧﺎرج منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺧﺮوج( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13PR‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬در اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺎﻟﮑﯿﺖ اﺧﱰاﻋﺎت ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه‬
‫‪ Microsoft‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮑﯽ از زﯾﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ ،Microsoft‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﯾﺎ ﺗﮑﺜﯿﺮ آن ﺧﺎرج از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﮐﯿﺪا ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ آوری رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬و اﻣﺘﯿﺎزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻮز از ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ در زﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷام ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ را رﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‪ ،‬روش ﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ درﺑﺎره ﻓﯿﻮز و ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از داﺷﺒﻮرد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫"اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ" )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (14‬رﺟﻮع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻫﯿﭻ ﻧﯿﺮوﯾﯽ ﺑﺮای واﺣﺪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ منﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪن ]‪ [FADER‬ﺑﺮای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﻮق ﺷﻨﯿﺪه منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺷام از آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮو ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه و زﻣﺎن درﺳﺖ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ اﺣﱰاق ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫ﻧﯿﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪،[DEMO-ON‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮ آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎر ﮐﻨﻨﺪه روی ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (9‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ OFF ‬را روی واﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﮐﺜﯿﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ روی روﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎرج منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ DSPL ‬و‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‪ MODE/‬را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺠﺪد ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام آﻧنت رادﯾﻮی داﺧﻠﯽ در ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬ﮐﻨﺎری دارد‪،‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪) REM OUT‬آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ﺧﻂ دار( ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﯾﺪﮐﯽ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮوی ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧنت ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﯿﺮون ﻧﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻧنت را‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫‪ [- - - - - - - -] PTY‬را منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ‪ RDS‬ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬داده ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺮاب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً از‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ دﯾﺪن ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪12PR‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ آن درﺳﺖ رﻓﺘﺎر ﻧﺸﻮد‪ .‬از ﺷﺎرژ‬
‫دوﺑﺎره‪ ،‬ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﯾﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن در آﺗﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﯿﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ درﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ اﮔﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﯿﻦ واﺣﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ متﯿﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از اﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (5‬و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﺎروب ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ای متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﯿﺮوی زﯾﺎدی‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻧﱪﯾﺪ‪ .‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺒﯿﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و ﮐﻠﯿﺪ را‬
‫از ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎرج منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ آﻫﻨﯽ ﳌﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪ 95 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺮزش ﮐﻢ و زﯾﺎد‪ :‬ﮐﻤﱰ از ﻣﺤﺪودﯾﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد‪) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم(‪) 150 :‬ﺑﺎ اﺣﺘﺴﺎب ﻓﻮﻟﺪر رﯾﺸﻪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ( و ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ‪) 300 :‬اﺣﺘامﻻ ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 300‬اﮔﺮ ﻧﺎم‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺮوف زﯾﺎدی داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺮوف ﻗﺎﺑﻞ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ(‪) 64/‬روﻣﺌﻮ(‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ (.mp3) MP3 :‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﭘﺮﴎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن‪ 500 :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‪256 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ( در ﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪256 :‬‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (.mp3) MP3‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ ﻧﯿﺮو‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬اﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻗﺪرمتﻨﺪ‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬در ‪ 4‬اﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -487.3‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ +500.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ 7 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻤﺘﻮوات‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﯿﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‪ 75 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 400‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪ 73 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی‪ 50 :‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا )ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﯽ(‬
‫آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو‪/‬ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫ورودی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از راه دور‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت ورودی‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﯿﺮو‪ 12 V DC :‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ )ﻣﻨﻔﯽ زﻣﯿﻦ(‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 177‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﭘﺎﯾﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ 160‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫وزن‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﺎً ‪ 1.2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت )‪ 1‬دﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ آﻧنت‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ‪ +1,710.0‬ﺗﺎ ‪+2,418.4‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷام ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ را‬
‫اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﯿﻖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع ﻗﺒﻠﯽ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11PR‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮده‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ را ﻗﺒﻼ‬
‫ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ آوردﯾﺪ را آﻧﺠﺎ‬
‫رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ دﻣﺎی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪ MP3‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ،ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ‪/‬روﻣﺌﻮ‬
‫ﯾﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪) MP3/WMA‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ(‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﯿﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫و ﺣﺪود ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮد؛ در ﻏﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷنت ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺮ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺎﯾﻊ ﻧﺮﯾﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ درﺑﺎره دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬دﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮای ﻫﻮای ﮔﺮم و ﻫﻤﭽﻨني در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘامل‬
‫ﻻروﺑﯽ از وﺳﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎر ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬از ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﯿرن و ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎری در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ .‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی‬
‫دوﺳﻮﯾﻪ و ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ رﻣﺰﮔﺰاری‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﯾﻦ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ دارای ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮار ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﭼﺴﺐ دار‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎره(‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ درﺑﺎره دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ‪ CD-DA‬ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ‪ CD-DA‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬و ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺟﻠﺴﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻧﺎدرﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪10PR‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﺳﻮاﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ در ﻣﻮرد واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد دارﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ‬
‫راﻫﻨام ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﴍاﯾﻂ ﻋﺎدی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺣﺪود ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎل ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍاﯾﻂ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﻤﺮ ﴎوﯾﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﱰ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺮار دادن ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر وﺟﻮد دارد‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﯾﮑﺴﺎن ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ را ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﻮرا ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﮐﱰ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل درﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺖ درﺳﺖ را رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ اﻧﱪک ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﮐﻮﺗﺎه اﯾﺠﺎد‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) AUX-A‬ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .[OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ داده‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ CT‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪(SOUND‬‬
‫‪) MEGABASS‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎس(‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎس را در ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪا ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﻣﯿﺎن ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه زﯾﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R AND B] ،[OFF‬‬
‫]‪،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA] ،[HIP-HOP‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM] ،[BONGO‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﭙﺮده‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش(‬
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ‬
‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ ،CD‬و ﻏﯿﺮه( اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻨﮑﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ای را روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا(‬
‫رﻧﮓ را ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﺎم ﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر(‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ را ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬منﺎﯾﺶ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ(‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎی ﺣﺮﮐﺘﯽ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM‬را ﺑﺮای ‪ EQ5‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ای ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﺳﺎزی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) [BAND1] :‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND2‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ(‪) [BAND3] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND4‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪-‬ﺑﺎﻻ(‪) [BAND5] ،‬ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ‪ 1‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻠﯽ از ‪ -10‬دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺎ ‪+10‬‬
‫دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﻮازن ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB] – [+2 dB‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪای را ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺣﺘﯿﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ را ﻧﻔﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪9PR‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪) ،‬ﺗﮑﺮار( ﯾﺎ ‪ SHUF‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮردﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ در دﺳﱰس ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎم )™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪ 1‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ ‪) ،USB‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ(* را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫*‬
‫)ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ( را ﻣﮑﺮراً‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﺑﺮای ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪،USB‬‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿ ًام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﻟﺨﻮاه را‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮش از آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮش(‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ SEEK + 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎم ‪ 10%‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮐﻞ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮش ﮐﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ ،[DISPLAY‬ﮐﻨﱰل‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO-OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را دو ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯿﮕﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﯾﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪ ،(GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪ ،(SOUND‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ را ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻓﺮق‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ENTER‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪(GENERAL‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(5‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط(‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(5‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻬﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﭗ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ از ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ 30) [30S] ،[NO] :‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‪[30M] ،‬‬
‫)‪ 30‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪ 60) [60M] ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8PR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫)‪(RDS‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ )ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ PTY 1‬را درﻃﻮل درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه منﺎﯾﺎن‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ منﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬اﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬اﻣﻮر ﻓﻌﻠﯽ(‪) INFO ،‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬ورزﺷﯽ(‪) EDUCATE ،‬آﻣﻮزﺷﯽ(‪) DRAMA ،‬درام(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﯽ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﯽ(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﻮع(‪،‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﭘﺎپ(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ راک(‪،‬‬
‫‪ M.O.R.) EASY M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ(‪) LIGHT M ،‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ آرام(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CLASSICS‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ ﺗﻨﺪ(‪) OTHER M ،‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻫﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) WEATHER‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﻫﻮا(‪) FINANCE ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﯽ(‪CHILDREN ،‬‬
‫)ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن(‪) SOCIAL A ،‬اﻣﻮر اﺟﺘامﻋﯽ(‪RELIGION ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﺬﻫﺒﯽ(‪) PHONE IN ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ(‪LEISURE ،‬‬
‫)اوﻗﺎت ﻓﺮاﻏﺖ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﺟﺎز(‪) COUNTRY ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) NATION M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﺪﯾﻤﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FOLK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﻮﻣﯽ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )‪(CT‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ‪ CT‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮه ‪ ،RDS‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ [CT-ON] 1‬را در ]‪ [GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮع ‪) MSC‬ﮐﻼس ذﺧﯿﺮهﺳﺎزی ﺣﺠﯿﻢ( و ‪MTP‬‬
‫)ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل رﺳﺎﻧﻪ( )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻠﺶ دراﯾﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ™‪ (Android‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ USB‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ﯾﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Android‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ روی ‪ MTP‬ﴐوری اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬زﯾﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﴩده ﺑﺪون ﮐﴪی‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ‪-‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ درﮔﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﴐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ‪SRC ،‬‬
‫را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [USB‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا را روی اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪7PR‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [TUNER‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪(BTM‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ 1‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﺶ‬
‫ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ( روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )اراﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(* ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU 2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [BTM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮ روی دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪ MODE 1‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،MW ،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﯽ را ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻗﯿﻘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‬
‫‪ SEEK +/−‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﯽ واﺣﺪ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﯿﺎﺑﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ ،[AUX‬روی ‪ SRC‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ را ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﯿﺎﻧﮕﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪ [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ 1‬درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را ﺑﺮای ذﺧﯿﺮه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ]‪ [MEM‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6PR‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل راه دور ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬دﮐﻤﻪ ‪ OFF ‬را ﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ‪ ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪ OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ داﺧﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) VOL‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( ‪ +‬ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪) ATT ‬ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ(‬
‫ﺻﺪا را ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﺻﺪا‪ ،‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿ ًام ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ SOUND‬را ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪/// ‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ و ﻏﯿﺮه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫–‪) +/‬آﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬
‫‪) VOL ‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( –‪+/‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻮار روﮐﺶ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ MENU 1‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آن را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [CLOCK-ADJ‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و دﻗﯿﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻗﻤﯽ‪ SEEK +/− ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‪ MENU ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ DSPL‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5PR‬‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﻤﺎﯾﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ‬
‫منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺎی دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ﺑﻄﻮرﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﻗﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫‪) /‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ(‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺑﯿﺮون آوردن دﯾﺴﮏ(‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(8‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫درﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4PR‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪه ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪ PTY‬را در ‪ RDS‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪدی )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪(6‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬
‫ﭘﺮش از ﯾﮏ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺮای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺮش ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار(‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮط(‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ ،MEGA BASS‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﯾﮏ آﯾﺘﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺑﭙﯿامﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ‬درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ ‪4 ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪5 .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪5 ......................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪6 ..................................................................... USB‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ‪6 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪6 .............................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ )‪7 ..................................... (RDS‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ‪7 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪7 ............................................................................ USB‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‪8 ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪8 .............................................................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‪8 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻠﯽ )‪8 .................................................................. (GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا )‪9 ...................................................................... (SOUND‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ )‪9 ...................................................... (DISPLAY‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻮارد اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﯽ‪10 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ‪10 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‪11 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‪12 ........................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‪14 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ ‪14 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ‪15 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‪16 ................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪3PR‬‬
‫برای حفظ ایمنی‪ ،‬حت ًام این واحد را در داشبورد خودرو نصب کنید‪،‬‬
‫زیرا قسمت عقب واحد در طول استفاده گرم می شود‪.‬‬
‫برای کسب اطالعات بیشرت‪ ،‬به "اتصال‪/‬نصب" (صفحه ‪ )14‬رجوع‬
‫کنید‪.‬‬
‫ویژگی های دیود لیزر‬
‫‪ ‬مدت انتشار‪ :‬پیوسته‬
‫‪ ‬خروجی لیزر‪ :‬کمرت از ‪ 53.3‬میکرو وات‬
‫(این خروجی‪ ،‬مقدار اندازه گیری شده در فاصله ‪ 200‬میلی مرتی از‬
‫سطح لنز شیئی روی بلوک پیک آپ نوری با روزنه ‪ 7‬میلی مرتی است‪).‬‬
‫پالک اسم که ولتاژ کارکرد و غیره را نشان می دهد در پایین شاسی قرار‬
‫گرفته است‪.‬‬
‫نکات در مورد باتری لیتیومی‬
‫باتری را در معرض گرمای شدید مانند نور مستقیم خورشید‪ ،‬آتش یا‬
‫مانند آن قرار ندهید‪.‬‬
‫اخطار اگر احرتاق ماشین شام موقعیت ‪ ACC‬ندارد‬
‫حت ًام عملکرد ‪ AUTO OFF‬را تنظیم کنید (صفحه ‪ .)8‬پس از اینکه‬
‫واحد خاموش شد‪ ،‬این واحد کامال و بطور اتوماتیک در زمان مقرر‬
‫قطع می شود که از تحلیل باطری جلوگیری می کند‪ .‬اگر عملکرد‬
‫‪ AUTO OFF‬را تنظیم نکنید‪ OFF ،‬را فشار داده و نگه دارید تا‬
‫اینکه صفحه منایش محو شود هر بار که احرتاق را خاموش می کنید‪.‬‬
‫ترک دعوی رسویس های ارائه شده توسط شخص ثالث‬
‫رسویس های ارائه شده توسط شخص ثالث ممکن است بدون اطالع‬
‫قبلی تغییر‪ ،‬معوق یا خامته یابند‪ Sony .‬هیچ گونه مسئولیتی در‬
‫اینگونه موارد بر عهده منی گیرد‪.‬‬
‫‪2PR‬‬
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
18AR
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈرﻓﺎق ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﺴﺎﻣري اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ وﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(5‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ اﳌﺬﻛﻮر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز اﻷﺻﲇ‪ .‬إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﻧﻔﺠﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺧﻠﻞ داﺧﲇ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 10‬أﻣﺒري(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ أو ﻣﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎن وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺮج ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎد ًرا ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮازات اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﴩ وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪.Sony‬‬
‫‪TOYOTA‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫‪NISSAN‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪/‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة واﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫‪17AR‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ أوﻻً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻮد اﻷرﴈ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ +12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد وﺿﻊ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪+12‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ( اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ اﻷوﻗﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أوﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﴈ اﻷﺳﻮد ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ أو ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳌﻌﺰز اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﴬوري ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻫﻮايئ آﱄ‬
‫أو ﻣﻌﺰز ﻫﻮايئ أو ﻫﻮايئ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮيب ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ ‪ AMP REMOTE IN‬ﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨامت وﻫﻮايئ آﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﴬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫أي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬أزل ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻼ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮا ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬام‪،‬‬
‫واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺨﻄﺎف ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت مبﻌﻮق ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰود ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺎﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ دامئًﺎ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳامﻋﺎت مبﻌﺎوﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬إﱃ ‪ 8‬أوم وﻣﺰودة ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﳌﺰﻻﺟﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬مبﻘﺪار ‪ 2‬ﻣﻢ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫»ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(17‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ اﳌﺸﺎﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ متﺎ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫اﳌﺰﻻج‬
‫‪16AR‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫*‪3‬‬
‫*‪3‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬
‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫*‪2*1‬‬
‫اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫»اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬
‫أﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫رﻣﺎدي‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺧﴬ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﴬ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أرﺟﻮاين‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷرﺟﻮاين‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫أﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ )‪(MAX 0.4A‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(*‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮايئ ﺳﻴﺎرة‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم × ‪4‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺮف ‪) RCA‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم(‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮل ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪15AR‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻼزم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ اﺣﺘﺠﺎز اﻷﺳﻼك أﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺴامر‪ ،‬أو ﺣﴩﻫﺎ ﰲ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﻛﺮﳼ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺼرية‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠيك اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ إﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰل أﻳﺔ أﺳﻼك ﻃﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﴩﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﻟﻸﻣﺎن‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫‪×2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 8 × 5‬ﻣﻢ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﴡ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺧﱰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺮص ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو اﻷوﺳﺎخ‬
‫أو اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ أو درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‬
‫أو ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﻛرث ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻘﻂ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ اﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ آﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻹﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )اﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺪل اﻷﻣﺒريﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة اﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن أﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻣﻌﺪل‬
‫أﻣﺒريﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻮز ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45‬درﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪14AR‬‬
‫‪×4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻷﺟﺰاء ﻻ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬وﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ »إزاﻟﺔ ﻃﻮق اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ«‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ مبﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﲇ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﴐورﻳﺔ ً‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ إذا‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻏريﻫﺎ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﳌﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪث ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ﻋﱪ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أن مت ّﻴﺰ وﺣﺪات ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ًﻼ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ذات ﺑﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ :READ‬ﺗﺘﻢ اﻵن ﻗﺮاءة اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺤني إمتﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﻫﺬا ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :USB NO SUPRT‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫أو‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ أو ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض رﻣﺰ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺴني اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺧﺬت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺣﴬ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪأت اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻘﻄ ًﻌﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪّل ِﺑﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 320‬ك‬
‫ب‪/‬ث‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮيت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻊ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻏري ‪ FAT16‬أو ‪FAT32‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪*.‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪ FAT16‬و‪ ،FAT32‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪ FAT‬ﻫﺬه‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﴩﻛﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪/‬اﻹﺧﻄﺎرات‬
‫‪ :ERROR‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو وﺣﺪة ‪.USB‬‬
‫أدﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ أو ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻈﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ِ‬
‫ﻏري ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ أو ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ :HUB NO SUPRT‬وﺻﻼت ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :NO DEV‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺣﻜﺎم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ :NO MUSIC‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أدﺧﻞ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ :OVERLOAD‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ زاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪر آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :PUSH EJT‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ‬اﻹﺧﺮاج(‪.‬‬
‫‪13AR‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫ُﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Windows Media‬إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪/‬أو دول‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ مبﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬اﺳﺘﻌامل أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻈﻮر إﻻ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬أو‬
‫ﴍﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬وﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاءات اﻻﺧﱰاع وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔري ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Google Inc.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﰲ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮاﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻴام ﻳﺨﺺ‬
‫وﺣﺪﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﻴﻮز وﻧﺰع اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫»اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ« )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(14‬‬
‫إذا مل ُﺗ َﺤﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ ]‪ [FADER‬ﻏري ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ذي ﺳامﻋﺘَﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒري‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري وأﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫امنﺴﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة )اﻟﺘﻴﺎر( اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو مل ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬام ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪر ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻼك ﻏري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮن‬
‫]‪ [DEMO-ON‬ﻣﻔ ّﻌ ًﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺨ ّﻔﺖ ُﻣﻌ ّﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض )ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫أزرار اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DSPL‬و )اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪ MODE/‬ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻹﻋﺎدة‬
‫إﻋﺪاد )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪاد أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎدﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺗﺤﺠﺐ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬّﺰة ﺑﻬﻮايئ ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪) REM OUT‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻧني اﻷزرق‪/‬‬
‫اﻷﺑﻴﺾ( أو ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت )أﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﻄﺮف‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص مبﻌﺰّز ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻌ ّﺬر ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PTY‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ]‪.[- - - - - - - -‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪّد ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻮيت )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ وﻧﺴﺨﺔ إﺻﺪار ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت واﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪12AR‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أن ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ إذا أﳼء اﺳﺘﻌامﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ أو‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أو إﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑني اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة أﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫واﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﻨﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة زاﺋﺪة‪ .‬وإﻻ‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪ ،‬واﻧﺰع‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أو ِﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت أﺑﺪًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ أو ﺑﺄي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﺪين‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 95 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت واﻟﺨﻔﻘﺎن‪ :‬أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﺬي ميﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﻌﺪد‪ CD-R/CD-RW) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪) 150 :‬مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر اﻟﺠﺬري(‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( واﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات‪) 300 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 300‬إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬اﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒري ﻣﻦ رﻣﻮز )ﺣﺮوف( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬رﻣﻮز )ﺣﺮوف وأرﻗﺎم وﻋﻼﻣﺎت( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﻒ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ(‪) 64/‬روﻣﻴﻮ(‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪ (.mp3) MP3 :‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪USB‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ 500 :‬ﻣﲇ أﻣﺒري‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺠﻠﺪات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪256 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﺴﺎرات( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪256 :‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪:‬‬
‫‪ (.mp3) MP3‬و‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ اﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬م ﻫـ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1,956.5 :FM CCIR‬إﱃ ‪ -487.3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫و‪ +500.0‬إﱃ ‪ +2,095.4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل‪ 7 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ق‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪ 75 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪ 73 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 50 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻮايئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2,463.8‬إﱃ ‪ -1,710.1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ و‪ +1,710.0‬إﱃ ‪+2,418.4‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮج‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﻘﺪرة‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬أوم(‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫اﳌﺨﺎرج‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺼﻮت )ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪/‬ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫اﳌﺪاﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫)أرﴈ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 178‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 50‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 177‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 53‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 160‬ﻣﻢ )ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﱄ ‪ 1.2‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫أﺟﺰاء ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت )‪ 1‬ﻃﻘﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺪرﺟﺔ أﻋﻼه‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺆال اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري دون إﺷﻌﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪11AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏري ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ CD‬اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ MP3‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري ‪ISO9660‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪/1‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪ ٬2‬أو ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ‪/‬روﻣﻴﻮ أو اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد‬
‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺮك اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﺘﱪد ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ أو اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺣﻀﺎرﻫﺎ إﱃ‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة أن ُﺗﱰَك ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻌﻞ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪ )اﻷﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪) MP3/WMA‬ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻜ ّﺜﻒ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜ ّﺜﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺰع اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳌﺪة‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﻒ؛ وإﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮدة ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻌ ّﺮض اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ أو ﳌﺼﺎدر اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺮ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﱰﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗامش ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎد ًﺋﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ وﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻮاف‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو‬
‫اﻟﺘرن أو اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﰲ اﻷﺳﻮاق‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪ .(CD‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺰدوﺟﺔ وﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﳌﺸ ّﻔﺮة ‪ (CD).‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺣامﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﴍوط اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪،(CD‬‬
‫ﻟﺬا ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺜ ّﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت أو ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت أو أﴍﻃﺔ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ أو‬
‫ورق‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ذات اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏري اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ أو ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫أو ﻧﺠﻤﺔ(‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم مبﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو واﺟﻬﺘﻚ أي ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻚ ومل‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻈﺮوف اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﺎم واﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ‪) .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ أﻗﴫ‪ ،‬وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﺮوف اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺪى وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ ًريا‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺨﻄﺮ اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻮع أو ﻧﻮع ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ‪ +‬ﻷﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺑﺪأت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ مبﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﲆ أﻧﻬﺎ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت‬
‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺟﻮدة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏري‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘ ّﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ متﺴﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ مبﻠﻘﺎط ﻣﻌﺪين‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫‪) AUX-A‬ﺻﻮت ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻋﺮض اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪ AUX‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،[ON] :‬‬
‫]‪) .[OFF‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :CT‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪(SOUND‬‬
‫‪) MEGABASS‬اﻟﺠﻬري اﻟﺼﺎﺧﺐ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰز ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬري أﺛﻨﺎء اﳌﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪EQ5 PRESET‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر واﺣﺪًا ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ أو وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪:‬‬
‫]‪،[DANCE] ،[POP] ،[ROCK] ،[R AND B] ،[OFF‬‬
‫]‪،[AFRO POP] ،[JAZZ] ،[ELECTRONICA] ،[HIP-HOP‬‬
‫]‪.[CUSTOM] ،[BONGO‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪EQ5 SETTING‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪(DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ اﻹﺿﺎءة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﻷي ﻣﺼﺪر )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺮص ‪ ،CD‬إﻟﺦ( إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮان دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻹﺿﺎءة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي زر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) SND SYNC‬ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض اﻷمنﺎط اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد اﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﺨﺼﻮص ]‪ [CUSTOM‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫‪.EQ5‬‬
‫‪BASE‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ُﻣﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒ ًﻘﺎ ﻛﺄﺳﺎس ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻹﺿﺎﰲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND1‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‪) [BAND2] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND3‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪) [BAND4] ،‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [BAND5‬ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت مبﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،1 dB‬ﻣﻦ ‪ -10 dB‬إﱃ‬
‫‪.+10 dB‬‬
‫‪) BALANCE‬اﻟﺘﻮازن(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن اﻟﺼﻮت‪– [CENTER] – [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫‪) FADER‬اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪– [CENTER] – [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB] – [+2 dB‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻳﻠﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬
‫‪9AR‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐري‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻻﺳﺘامع ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ّ‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )ﺗﻜﺮار( أو ‪ SHUF‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺨﺘﺎر أن ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أوﺿﺎع اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪ ،[DEMO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫)™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD‬أو ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(* ﻟﻌﺮض ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬
‫وﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[DEMO-OFF‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﻣﺮﺗني‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ )اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ( ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة ﻣﺒﺎﴍة إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻛ ّﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪ ،(GENERAL‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪ ،(SOUND‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪(DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﻋﺪادﻫﺎ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر واﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء وﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد )وﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻔﺰ(‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.SEEK +‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 10%‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﲇ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ENTER‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪(GENERAL‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪) [OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(5‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗِﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪:‬‬
‫]‪ 30) [30S] ،[NO‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ 30) [30M] ،‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪60) [60M] ،‬‬
‫دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8AR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪(RDS‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ PTY‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬أدﺧﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ )اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬أﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ٬‬اأﺣﺪاث راﻫﻨﺔ(‪) INFO ٬‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬رﻳﺎﺿﺔ(‪) EDUCATE ٬‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ(‪) DRAMA ٬‬دراﻣﺎ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ(‪) SCIENCE ٬‬ﻋﻠﻮم(‪) VARIED ٬‬ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺎت(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺒﻮب(‪) ROCK M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺮوك(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) EASY M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻫﺎدﺋﺔ ‪) LIGHT M ٬(M.O.R‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪) CLASSICS ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺎدة(‪OTHER M ٬‬‬
‫)أمنﺎط ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯩﺔ أﺧﺮى(‪) WEATHER ٬‬اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ(‪FINANCE ٬‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎل(‪) CHILDREN ٬‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ أﻃﻔﺎل(‪) SOCIAL A ٬‬ﺷﺌﻮن اﺟﺘامﻋﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) RELIGION‬دﻳﻦ(‪) PHONE IN ٬‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻼت ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ(‪TRAVEL ٬‬‬
‫)ﺳﻔﺮ(‪) LEISURE ٬‬ﺗﺮوﻳﺢ(‪) JAZZ ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺠﺎز(‪COUNTRY ٬‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ رﻳﻔﻴﺔ(‪) NATION M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ وﻃﻨﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) OLDIES‬أﻟﺤﺎن ﻗﺪميﺔ(‪) FOLK M ٬‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ(‪٬‬‬
‫‪) DOCUMENT‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ وﺛﺎﺋﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪(CT‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ CT‬اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨّﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺚ ‪ RDS‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [CT-ON‬ﰲ ]‪) [GENERAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪) MSC‬ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺠامﻋﻲ( و‬
‫‪) MTP‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ( )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﻓﻼش ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ™‪ (Android‬اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄ ّﻠﺐ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ ‪ MTP‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺸ ّﻐﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻗﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤ ّﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬إدارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬مبﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﺼ ًﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [USB‬يك‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫أو ِﻗﻒ اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪7AR‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[TUNER‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ )‪(BTM‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‬
‫‪ 1‬أوﻗِﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[BTM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ )ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ –‪ SEEK +/‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﲆ اﻟﱰدد‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[AUX‬‬
‫ﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺎدر اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫اﺑﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‪ ،‬واﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﺳﺘامﻋﻚ اﳌﻌﺘﺎد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،MENU‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪) [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪6AR‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪.[MEM‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪ (6‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪.(6‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻧﺤﻮك ﻹزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫إذا أدرت ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف ‪ OFF‬دون ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮان‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت اﳌﻨ ّﺒﻪ إﻻ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﺼﻮيت اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺰر ‪) VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( ‪ +‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) ATT ‬ﺧﻔﺾ(‬
‫اﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ ‪ SOUND‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫‪/// ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﴫ إﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬
‫–‪) +/‬اﻷﻟﺒﻮم –‪(+/‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﻓﻊ‪/‬ﺧﻔﺾ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( –‪VOL +/‬‬
‫اﻧﺰع ﴍﻳﻂ )رﻗﺎﻗﺔ( اﻟﻌﺰل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ وﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.DSPL‬‬
‫‪5AR‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﺼﺪر(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻴﺎر وإﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫أ ِدره ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪SEEK +/– ‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ(‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪)  ‬إﺧﺮاج اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ(‬
‫)اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(8‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪4AR‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘ ِﺒﻞ أواﻣﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PTY‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪(6‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ أﻟﺒﻮم ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﻜﺮار(‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪MEGA BASS ‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.MEGA BASS‬‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SCRL‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‪4 ...............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪5 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪5 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪6 .............................................................................. USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‪6 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪6 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪7 ............................................... (RDS‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪7 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪7 ........................................................USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪8 ..................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪8 .................................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‪8 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم )‪8 ................................................................(GENERAL‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت )‪9 .................................................................. (SOUND‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪9 ................................................................ (DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪10 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪10 .............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪11 ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪12 ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت ‪14 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻼزم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪14 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪15 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪16 .............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪3AR‬‬
‫من أجل السالمة‪ ،‬تأكد من تركيب هذه الوحدة يف لوحة عدادات‬
‫السيارة ألن الجزء الخلفي من الوحدة يصبح ساخنًا أثناء االستخدام‪.‬‬
‫لالطالع عىل التفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع «التوصيل‪/‬الرتكيب» (صفحة ‪.)14‬‬
‫يصنف هذا المنتج كمنتج ليزر من الفئة األولى تحت‬
‫‪.IEC 60825-1:2007‬‬
‫يقع هذا التصنيف على الجزء السفلي من سطح المنتج‪.‬‬
‫خصائص الصامم الثنايئ الباعث لضوء الليزر‬
‫‪ ‬مدة االنبعاث‪ :‬مستمر‬
‫‪ ‬خرج الليزر‪ :‬أقل من ‪ 53.3‬مايكرو وات‬
‫(هذا الخرج هو القيمة املقاسة عند مسافة ‪ 200‬مم من سطح العدسة‬
‫الشيئية عىل كتلة الالقط البرصي بفتحة عدسة قدرها ‪ 7‬مم‪).‬‬
‫توجد لوحة االسم التي توضح الجهد الكهريب للتشغيل إلخ‪ ،‬أسفل‬
‫الشاسية‪.‬‬
‫مالحظات حول بطارية الليثيوم‬
‫ال تعرض بطارية الليثيوم لحرارة شديدة كأشعة الشمس املبارشة أو النار‬
‫أو ما شابه‪.‬‬
‫تحذير إذا كان سويتش تشغيل مح ّرك سيارتك ال يتض ّمن وضع‬
‫الكامليات ‪ACC‬‬
‫تأكد من إعداد وظيفة اإليقاف التلقايئ ‪( AUTO OFF‬صفحة ‪ .)8‬يتم‬
‫إيقاف الوحدة بشكل تام وتلقايئ يف املوعد املربمج بعد تحويل الوحدة‬
‫إىل وضع اإليقاف‪ ،‬األمر الذي يحول دون استنزاف شحنة البطارية‪ .‬إذا‬
‫مل تقم بإعداد وظيفة اإليقاف التلقايئ ‪ ،AUTO OFF‬فاضغط ‪OFF‬‬
‫ً‬
‫مضغوطا إىل أن يختفي العرض (عن الشاشة) كلام قمت بتحويل‬
‫وأب ِقه‬
‫سويتش تشغيل املح ّرك إىل وضع اإليقاف‪.‬‬
‫إخالء املسؤولية عن الخدمات التي تقدمها الجهات الخارجية‬
‫قد يتم تغيري الخدمات التي تقدمها الجهات الخارجية أو تعليقها أو‬
‫إنهاؤها دون إخطار مسبق‪ .‬وال تتحمل ‪ Sony‬أي مسؤولية عن أنواع‬
‫املواقف هذه‪.‬‬
‫‪2AR‬‬
‫‪FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫‪Compact Disc‬‬
‫‪Player‬‬
‫إرشادات التشغيل‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫دستور العمل های عملیاتی‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫للتوصيل‪/‬الرتكيب‪ ،‬راجع صفحة ‪.14‬‬
‫برای کسب اطالعات بیشرت درباره اتصال‪/‬نصب‪ ،‬به صفحه ‪ 14‬رجوع کنید‪.‬‬
‫إللغاء العرض التوضيحي (‪ ،)DEMO‬راجع صفحة ‪.8‬‬
‫برای لغو منایش حالت منایشی (‪ ،)DEMO‬صفحه ‪ 8‬را ببینید‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony.net/‬‬
‫‪©2014 Sony Corporation Printed in Thailand‬‬
‫‪CDX-G1152U/CDX-G1151U/CDX-G1150U‬‬